PR gas/5078
[binutils.git] / bfd / elf.c
blob3c2a49a1acb3897ea50555f3314b1fc2197777d3
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
25 SECTION
26 ELF backends
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37 #define _SYSCALL32
38 #include "sysdep.h"
39 #include "bfd.h"
40 #include "bfdlink.h"
41 #include "libbfd.h"
42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
52 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
53 file_ptr offset);
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
61 void
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
77 void
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
93 void
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
104 void
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
115 void
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
129 void
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
143 void
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
157 void
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
171 void
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
173 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
181 void
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
184 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
192 unsigned long
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
196 unsigned long h = 0;
197 unsigned long g;
198 int ch;
200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
202 h = (h << 4) + ch;
203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
205 h ^= g >> 24;
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
208 h ^= g;
211 return h & 0xffffffff;
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
217 unsigned long
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
221 unsigned long h = 5381;
222 unsigned char ch;
224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
226 return h & 0xffffffff;
229 bfd_boolean
230 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
232 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
234 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
235 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
236 return FALSE;
239 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1;
241 return TRUE;
244 bfd_boolean
245 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
247 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
248 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
251 char *
252 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
254 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
255 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
256 file_ptr offset;
257 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
259 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
260 if (i_shdrp == 0
261 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
262 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
263 return NULL;
265 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
266 if (shstrtab == NULL)
268 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
269 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
270 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
272 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
273 in case the string table is not terminated. */
274 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
275 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
276 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
277 shstrtab = NULL;
278 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
280 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
281 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
282 shstrtab = NULL;
284 else
285 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
286 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
288 return (char *) shstrtab;
291 char *
292 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
293 unsigned int shindex,
294 unsigned int strindex)
296 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
298 if (strindex == 0)
299 return "";
301 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
302 return NULL;
304 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
306 if (hdr->contents == NULL
307 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
308 return NULL;
310 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
312 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
313 (*_bfd_error_handler)
314 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
315 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
316 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
317 ? ".shstrtab"
318 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
319 return "";
322 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
325 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
326 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
327 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
328 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
329 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
331 Elf_Internal_Sym *
332 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
333 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
334 size_t symcount,
335 size_t symoffset,
336 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
337 void *extsym_buf,
338 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
340 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
341 void *alloc_ext;
342 const bfd_byte *esym;
343 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
344 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
345 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
346 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
347 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
348 size_t extsym_size;
349 bfd_size_type amt;
350 file_ptr pos;
352 if (symcount == 0)
353 return intsym_buf;
355 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
356 shndx_hdr = NULL;
357 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
358 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
360 /* Read the symbols. */
361 alloc_ext = NULL;
362 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
363 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
364 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
365 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
366 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
367 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
369 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
370 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
372 if (extsym_buf == NULL
373 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
374 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
376 intsym_buf = NULL;
377 goto out;
380 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
381 extshndx_buf = NULL;
382 else
384 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
385 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
386 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
388 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
389 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
390 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
392 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
393 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
394 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
396 intsym_buf = NULL;
397 goto out;
401 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
403 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
404 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
405 goto out;
408 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
409 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
410 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
411 isym < isymend;
412 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
413 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
415 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
416 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
417 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
418 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
419 intsym_buf = NULL;
420 goto out;
423 out:
424 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
425 free (alloc_ext);
426 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
427 free (alloc_extshndx);
429 return intsym_buf;
432 /* Look up a symbol name. */
433 const char *
434 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
435 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
436 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
437 asection *sym_sec)
439 const char *name;
440 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
441 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
443 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
444 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
445 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
446 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
448 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
449 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
452 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
453 if (name == NULL)
454 name = "(null)";
455 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
456 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
458 return name;
461 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
462 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
463 pointers. */
465 typedef union elf_internal_group {
466 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
467 unsigned int flags;
468 } Elf_Internal_Group;
470 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
471 signature just a string? */
473 static const char *
474 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
477 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
478 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
479 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
481 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
482 that it is a symbol table section. */
483 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
484 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
485 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
486 return NULL;
488 /* Go read the symbol. */
489 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
490 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
491 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
492 return NULL;
494 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
497 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
499 static bfd_boolean
500 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
502 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
504 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
505 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
506 if (num_group == 0)
508 unsigned int i, shnum;
510 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
511 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
512 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
513 num_group = 0;
515 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
516 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
517 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
518 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
519 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
521 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
525 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
526 num_group += 1;
529 if (num_group == 0)
531 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
532 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
534 else
536 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
537 so we can find them quickly. */
538 bfd_size_type amt;
540 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
541 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
542 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
543 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
544 return FALSE;
546 num_group = 0;
547 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
549 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
551 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
553 unsigned char *src;
554 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
556 /* Add to list of sections. */
557 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
558 num_group += 1;
560 /* Read the raw contents. */
561 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
562 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
563 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
564 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
565 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
566 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
568 _bfd_error_handler
569 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
571 return FALSE;
574 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
576 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
577 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
578 != shdr->sh_size))
579 return FALSE;
581 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
582 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
583 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
584 pointers. */
585 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
586 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
587 while (1)
589 unsigned int idx;
591 src -= 4;
592 --dest;
593 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
594 if (src == shdr->contents)
596 dest->flags = idx;
597 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
598 shdr->bfd_section->flags
599 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
600 break;
602 if (idx >= shnum)
604 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
605 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
606 idx = 0;
608 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
615 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
617 unsigned int i;
619 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
622 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
623 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
625 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
626 section is a member. */
627 while (--n_elt != 0)
628 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
630 asection *s = NULL;
632 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
633 other members to see if any others are linked via
634 next_in_group. */
635 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
636 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
637 while (--n_elt != 0)
638 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
639 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
640 break;
641 if (n_elt != 0)
643 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
644 insert current section in circular list. */
645 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
646 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
647 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
649 else
651 const char *gname;
653 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
654 if (gname == NULL)
655 return FALSE;
656 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
658 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
659 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
662 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
663 new member. */
664 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
665 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
667 i = num_group - 1;
668 break;
673 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
675 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
676 abfd, newsect);
678 return TRUE;
681 bfd_boolean
682 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
684 unsigned int i;
685 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
686 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
687 asection *s;
689 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
690 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
692 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
693 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
695 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
696 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
697 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
698 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
699 if (elfsec == 0)
701 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
702 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
703 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
704 bed->link_order_error_handler
705 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
706 abfd, s);
708 else
710 asection *link;
712 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
714 /* PR 1991, 2008:
715 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
716 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
717 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
718 if (link == NULL)
720 (*_bfd_error_handler)
721 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
722 s->owner, s, elfsec);
723 result = FALSE;
726 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
731 /* Process section groups. */
732 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
733 return result;
735 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
737 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
738 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
739 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
741 while (--n_elt != 0)
742 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
743 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
744 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
745 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
746 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
747 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
748 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
749 relocation sections are in section group in input object
750 files. */
751 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
752 else
754 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
755 (*_bfd_error_handler)
756 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
757 abfd,
758 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
759 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
760 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
761 ->e_shstrndx),
762 idx->shdr->sh_name),
763 shdr->bfd_section->name);
764 result = FALSE;
767 return result;
770 bfd_boolean
771 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
773 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
776 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
777 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
779 bfd_boolean
780 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
782 const char *name,
783 int shindex)
785 asection *newsect;
786 flagword flags;
787 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
789 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
791 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
792 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
793 return TRUE;
796 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
797 if (newsect == NULL)
798 return FALSE;
800 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
801 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
802 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
804 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
805 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
806 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
808 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
810 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
811 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
812 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
813 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
814 return FALSE;
816 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
817 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
818 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
819 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
820 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
821 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
823 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
824 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
825 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
827 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
828 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
829 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
830 flags |= SEC_CODE;
831 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
832 flags |= SEC_DATA;
833 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
835 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
836 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
837 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
838 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
840 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
841 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
842 return FALSE;
843 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
844 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
846 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
848 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
849 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
850 static const struct
852 const char *name;
853 int len;
854 } debug_sections [] =
856 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
857 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
858 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
859 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
860 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
861 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
862 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
863 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
864 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
865 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
866 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
867 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
868 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
869 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
870 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
871 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
874 if (name [0] == '.')
876 int i = name [1] - 'd';
877 if (i >= 0
878 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
879 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
880 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
881 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
882 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
886 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
887 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
888 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
889 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
890 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
891 all but one of the sections. */
892 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
893 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
894 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
896 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
897 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
898 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
899 return FALSE;
901 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
902 return FALSE;
904 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
905 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
906 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
907 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
909 char *contents;
911 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
912 if (!contents)
913 return FALSE;
915 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 0,
916 hdr->sh_size)
917 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, contents, hdr->sh_size, -1))
919 free (contents);
920 return FALSE;
923 free (contents);
926 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
928 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
929 unsigned int i;
931 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
932 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
933 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
934 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
935 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
937 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
938 break;
940 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
942 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
943 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
945 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
946 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
947 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
948 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
950 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
951 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
952 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
953 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
954 place special significance on the address 0 and
955 executables need to be able to have a segment which
956 covers this address. */
957 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
958 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
959 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
960 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
961 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
962 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
963 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
965 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
966 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
967 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
968 else
969 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
970 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
971 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
972 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
973 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
974 segment will contain sections with contiguous
975 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
976 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
977 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
979 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
980 offsets whether a section with zero size should
981 be placed at the end of one segment or the
982 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
983 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
984 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
985 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
986 break;
992 return TRUE;
996 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
997 bfd_elf_find_section
999 SYNOPSIS
1000 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1002 DESCRIPTION
1003 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1004 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1005 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1006 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1007 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1010 struct elf_internal_shdr *
1011 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
1013 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
1014 char *shstrtab;
1015 unsigned int max;
1016 unsigned int i;
1018 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
1019 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
1021 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
1022 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
1023 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1025 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1026 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1027 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1028 return i_shdrp[i];
1031 return 0;
1034 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1035 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1036 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1037 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1040 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1041 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1042 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1043 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1044 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1045 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1046 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1047 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1048 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1050 bfd_reloc_status_type
1051 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1052 arelent *reloc_entry,
1053 asymbol *symbol,
1054 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1055 asection *input_section,
1056 bfd *output_bfd,
1057 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1059 if (output_bfd != NULL
1060 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1061 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1062 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1064 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1065 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1068 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1071 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1072 another. */
1074 bfd_boolean
1075 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1077 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1078 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1079 return TRUE;
1081 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1082 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1083 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1085 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1086 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1087 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1089 /* Copy object attributes. */
1090 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1092 return TRUE;
1095 static const char *
1096 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1098 const char *pt;
1099 switch (p_type)
1101 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1102 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1103 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1104 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1105 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1106 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1107 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1108 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1109 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1110 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1111 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1112 default: pt = NULL; break;
1114 return pt;
1117 /* Print out the program headers. */
1119 bfd_boolean
1120 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1122 FILE *f = farg;
1123 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1124 asection *s;
1125 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1127 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1128 if (p != NULL)
1130 unsigned int i, c;
1132 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1133 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1134 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1136 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1137 char buf[20];
1139 if (pt == NULL)
1141 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1142 pt = buf;
1144 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1145 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1146 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1147 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1148 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1149 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1150 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1151 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1152 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1153 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1154 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1155 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1156 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1157 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1158 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1159 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1160 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1161 fprintf (f, "\n");
1165 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1166 if (s != NULL)
1168 int elfsec;
1169 unsigned long shlink;
1170 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1171 size_t extdynsize;
1172 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1174 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1176 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1177 goto error_return;
1179 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1180 if (elfsec == -1)
1181 goto error_return;
1182 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1184 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1185 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1187 extdyn = dynbuf;
1188 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1189 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1191 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1192 const char *name;
1193 char ab[20];
1194 bfd_boolean stringp;
1196 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1198 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1199 break;
1201 stringp = FALSE;
1202 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1204 default:
1205 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1206 name = ab;
1207 break;
1209 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1210 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1212 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1213 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1214 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1215 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1216 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1217 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1218 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1220 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1221 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1222 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1223 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1224 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1225 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1226 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1227 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1228 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1229 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1230 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1231 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1232 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1233 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1234 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1235 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1237 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1238 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1239 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1240 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1241 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1242 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1243 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1244 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1245 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1246 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1247 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1249 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1250 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1251 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1252 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1253 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1254 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1255 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1256 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1257 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1258 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1259 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1260 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1261 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1262 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1263 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1264 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1265 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1266 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1269 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1270 if (! stringp)
1271 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1272 else
1274 const char *string;
1275 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1277 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1278 if (string == NULL)
1279 goto error_return;
1280 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1282 fprintf (f, "\n");
1285 free (dynbuf);
1286 dynbuf = NULL;
1289 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1290 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1292 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1293 return FALSE;
1296 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1298 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1300 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1301 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1303 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1304 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1305 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1306 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1308 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1310 fprintf (f, "\t");
1311 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1312 a != NULL;
1313 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1314 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1315 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1316 fprintf (f, "\n");
1321 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1323 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1325 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1326 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1328 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1330 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1331 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1332 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1333 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1334 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1335 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1339 return TRUE;
1341 error_return:
1342 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1343 free (dynbuf);
1344 return FALSE;
1347 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1349 void
1350 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1351 void *filep,
1352 asymbol *symbol,
1353 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1355 FILE *file = filep;
1356 switch (how)
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1359 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1360 break;
1361 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1362 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1363 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1364 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1365 break;
1366 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1368 const char *section_name;
1369 const char *name = NULL;
1370 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1371 unsigned char st_other;
1372 bfd_vma val;
1374 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1376 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1377 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1378 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1380 if (name == NULL)
1382 name = symbol->name;
1383 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1386 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1387 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1388 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1389 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1390 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1391 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1392 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1393 else
1394 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1395 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1397 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1398 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1399 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1400 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1402 unsigned int vernum;
1403 const char *version_string;
1405 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1407 if (vernum == 0)
1408 version_string = "";
1409 else if (vernum == 1)
1410 version_string = "Base";
1411 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1412 version_string =
1413 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1414 else
1416 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1418 version_string = "";
1419 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1420 t != NULL;
1421 t = t->vn_nextref)
1423 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1425 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1427 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1429 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1430 break;
1436 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1437 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1438 else
1440 int i;
1442 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1443 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1444 putc (' ', file);
1448 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1449 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1451 switch (st_other)
1453 case 0: break;
1454 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1455 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1456 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1457 default:
1458 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1459 everything hex. */
1460 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1463 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1465 break;
1469 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1471 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1472 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1474 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1476 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1477 if (ret != NULL)
1479 bfd_size_type loc;
1481 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1482 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1483 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1485 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1486 ret = NULL;
1489 return ret;
1492 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1494 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1496 bfd_boolean
1497 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1499 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1500 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1501 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1502 const char *name;
1504 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1505 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1506 hdr->sh_name);
1507 if (name == NULL)
1508 return FALSE;
1510 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1512 case SHT_NULL:
1513 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1514 return TRUE;
1516 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1517 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1518 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1519 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1520 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1521 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1522 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1523 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1524 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1525 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1527 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1528 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1529 return FALSE;
1530 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1531 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1532 return FALSE;
1533 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1535 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1537 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1538 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1539 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1540 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1542 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1543 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1545 else
1547 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1549 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1550 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1552 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1553 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1555 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1556 break;
1561 break;
1563 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1564 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1565 return TRUE;
1567 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1568 return FALSE;
1569 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1570 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1571 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1572 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1573 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1575 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1576 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1577 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1578 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1579 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1580 linker. */
1581 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1582 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1583 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1584 shindex))
1585 return FALSE;
1587 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1588 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1589 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1590 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1592 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1594 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1595 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1597 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1598 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1599 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1600 break;
1602 if (i == num_sec)
1603 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1605 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1606 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1607 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1608 break;
1610 if (i != shindex)
1611 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1613 return TRUE;
1615 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1616 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1617 return TRUE;
1619 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1620 return FALSE;
1621 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1622 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1623 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1624 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1625 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1627 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1628 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1629 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1631 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1632 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1633 return TRUE;
1635 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1636 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1637 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1638 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1639 return TRUE;
1641 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1642 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1643 return TRUE;
1644 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1646 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1647 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1648 return TRUE;
1650 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1652 symtab_strtab:
1653 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1655 return TRUE;
1657 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1659 dynsymtab_strtab:
1660 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1661 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1662 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1663 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1664 can handle it. */
1665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1666 shindex);
1669 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1670 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1671 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1672 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1674 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1676 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1677 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1680 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1682 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1683 if (i == shindex)
1684 return FALSE;
1685 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1686 return FALSE;
1687 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1688 goto symtab_strtab;
1689 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1690 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1694 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1696 case SHT_REL:
1697 case SHT_RELA:
1698 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1700 asection *target_sect;
1701 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1702 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1704 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1705 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1706 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1707 return FALSE;
1709 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1710 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1711 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1713 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1714 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1715 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1716 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1717 shindex);
1720 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1721 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1722 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1723 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1724 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1725 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1726 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1727 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1728 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1730 unsigned int scan;
1731 int found;
1733 found = 0;
1734 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1736 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1737 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1739 if (found != 0)
1741 found = 0;
1742 break;
1744 found = scan;
1747 if (found != 0)
1748 hdr->sh_link = found;
1751 /* Get the symbol table. */
1752 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1753 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1754 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1755 return FALSE;
1757 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1758 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1759 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1760 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1761 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1762 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1763 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1764 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1765 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
1766 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1767 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1768 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1769 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1770 shindex);
1772 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1773 return FALSE;
1774 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1775 if (target_sect == NULL)
1776 return FALSE;
1778 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1779 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1780 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1781 else
1783 bfd_size_type amt;
1784 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1785 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1786 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1787 if (hdr2 == NULL)
1788 return FALSE;
1789 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1791 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1792 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1793 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1794 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1795 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1796 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1797 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1798 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1799 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1800 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1801 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1802 return TRUE;
1805 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1806 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1807 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1808 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1810 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1811 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1812 return FALSE;
1813 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1814 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1815 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1817 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1818 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1819 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1820 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1822 case SHT_SHLIB:
1823 return TRUE;
1825 case SHT_GROUP:
1826 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1827 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1828 name. */
1829 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1830 return FALSE;
1831 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
1832 if (name == NULL)
1833 return FALSE;
1834 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1835 return FALSE;
1836 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1838 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1839 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1840 asection *s;
1842 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1843 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1844 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1846 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1847 idx += n_elt;
1848 while (--n_elt != 0)
1850 --idx;
1852 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1853 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1854 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1856 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1857 break;
1861 break;
1863 default:
1864 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1865 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1866 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1868 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1869 return FALSE;
1870 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1871 return TRUE;
1874 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1875 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1876 return TRUE;
1878 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1880 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1881 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1882 for applications? */
1883 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1884 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1885 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1886 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1887 else
1888 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1889 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1890 shindex);
1892 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1893 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1894 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1895 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1896 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1897 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1898 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1899 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1901 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1902 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1903 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1904 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1905 be rejected with an error message. */
1906 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1907 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1908 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1909 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1910 else
1911 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1912 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1914 else
1915 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1916 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1917 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1918 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1920 return FALSE;
1923 return TRUE;
1926 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1927 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1929 asection *
1930 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1931 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1932 asection *sec,
1933 unsigned long r_symndx)
1935 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1936 asection *s;
1938 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1940 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1941 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1942 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1943 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1945 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1946 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1947 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1948 return NULL;
1950 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1952 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1953 cache->abfd = abfd;
1955 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1956 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1959 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1960 if (s != NULL)
1961 return s;
1963 return sec;
1966 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1967 section. */
1969 asection *
1970 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
1972 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1973 return NULL;
1974 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
1977 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
1979 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1980 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1983 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
1985 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1986 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1989 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
1991 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1992 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
1993 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1994 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1995 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1996 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1997 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
1998 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
1999 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2000 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2001 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2004 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2006 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2007 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2008 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2011 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2017 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2018 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2020 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2021 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2024 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2026 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2027 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2030 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2032 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2033 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2035 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2038 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2040 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2041 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2044 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2046 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2047 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2048 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2051 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2053 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2054 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2055 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2058 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2060 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2061 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2064 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2070 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2071 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2072 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2073 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2074 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2075 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2078 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2083 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2086 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2088 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2089 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2090 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2091 NULL, /* 'e' */
2092 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2093 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2094 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2095 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2096 NULL, /* 'j' */
2097 NULL, /* 'k' */
2098 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2099 NULL, /* 'm' */
2100 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2101 NULL, /* 'o' */
2102 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2103 NULL, /* 'q' */
2104 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2105 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2106 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2109 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2110 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2111 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2112 unsigned int rela)
2114 int i;
2115 int len;
2117 len = strlen (name);
2119 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2121 int suffix_len;
2122 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2124 if (len < prefix_len)
2125 continue;
2126 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2127 continue;
2129 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2130 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2132 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2134 if (suffix_len == 0)
2135 continue;
2136 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2137 && (suffix_len == -2
2138 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2139 continue;
2142 else
2144 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2145 continue;
2146 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2147 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2148 suffix_len) != 0)
2149 continue;
2151 return &spec[i];
2154 return NULL;
2157 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2158 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2160 int i;
2161 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2162 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2164 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2165 if (sec->name == NULL)
2166 return NULL;
2168 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2169 spec = bed->special_sections;
2170 if (spec)
2172 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2173 bed->special_sections,
2174 sec->use_rela_p);
2175 if (spec != NULL)
2176 return spec;
2179 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2180 return NULL;
2182 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2183 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2184 return NULL;
2186 spec = special_sections[i];
2188 if (spec == NULL)
2189 return NULL;
2191 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2194 bfd_boolean
2195 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2197 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2198 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2199 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2201 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2202 if (sdata == NULL)
2204 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2205 if (sdata == NULL)
2206 return FALSE;
2207 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2210 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2211 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2212 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2214 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2215 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2216 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2217 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2218 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2219 elf_fake_sections. */
2220 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2221 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2223 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2224 if (ssect != NULL)
2226 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2227 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2231 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2234 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2236 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2237 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2238 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2239 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2241 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2242 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2243 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2244 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2245 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2246 of combined data+bss.
2248 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2249 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2250 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2251 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2252 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2256 bfd_boolean
2257 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2258 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2259 int index,
2260 const char *typename)
2262 asection *newsect;
2263 char *name;
2264 char namebuf[64];
2265 size_t len;
2266 int split;
2268 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2269 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2270 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2272 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2274 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2275 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2276 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2277 if (!name)
2278 return FALSE;
2279 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2280 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2281 if (newsect == NULL)
2282 return FALSE;
2283 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2284 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2285 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2286 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2287 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2288 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2289 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2291 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2292 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2293 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2295 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2296 may be data. */
2297 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2300 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2302 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2306 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2308 bfd_vma align;
2310 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : "");
2311 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2312 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2313 if (!name)
2314 return FALSE;
2315 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2316 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2317 if (newsect == NULL)
2318 return FALSE;
2319 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2320 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2321 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2322 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2323 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2324 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2325 align = hdr->p_align;
2326 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2327 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2329 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2330 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2331 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2332 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2333 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2334 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2335 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2336 newsect->size = 0;
2337 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2338 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2339 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2341 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2342 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2345 return TRUE;
2348 bfd_boolean
2349 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2351 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2353 switch (hdr->p_type)
2355 case PT_NULL:
2356 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2358 case PT_LOAD:
2359 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2361 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2362 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2364 case PT_INTERP:
2365 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2367 case PT_NOTE:
2368 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2369 return FALSE;
2370 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2371 return FALSE;
2372 return TRUE;
2374 case PT_SHLIB:
2375 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2377 case PT_PHDR:
2378 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2380 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2381 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2382 "eh_frame_hdr");
2384 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2385 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2387 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2388 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2390 default:
2391 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2392 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2393 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2397 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2398 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2399 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2401 bfd_boolean
2402 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2403 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2404 asection *asect,
2405 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2407 char *name;
2408 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2409 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2411 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2412 if (name == NULL)
2413 return FALSE;
2414 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2415 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2416 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2417 FALSE);
2418 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2419 return FALSE;
2420 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2421 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2422 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2423 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2424 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2425 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2426 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2427 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2428 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2430 return TRUE;
2433 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2435 static void
2436 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2438 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2439 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2440 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2441 unsigned int sh_type;
2443 if (*failedptr)
2445 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2446 loop. */
2447 return;
2450 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2452 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2453 asect->name, FALSE);
2454 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2456 *failedptr = TRUE;
2457 return;
2460 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2462 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2463 || asect->user_set_vma)
2464 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2465 else
2466 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2468 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2469 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2470 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2471 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2472 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2473 copy_private_section_data. */
2475 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2476 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2478 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2479 asect->flags. */
2480 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2481 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2482 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2483 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2484 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2485 sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2486 else
2487 sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2489 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2490 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2491 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2492 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2493 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2495 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2496 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2497 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2498 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2499 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2500 (_("section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2501 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2504 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2506 default:
2507 break;
2509 case SHT_STRTAB:
2510 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2511 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2512 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2513 case SHT_NOTE:
2514 case SHT_NOBITS:
2515 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2516 break;
2518 case SHT_HASH:
2519 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2520 break;
2522 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2523 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2524 break;
2526 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2527 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2528 break;
2530 case SHT_RELA:
2531 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2532 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2533 break;
2535 case SHT_REL:
2536 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2537 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2538 break;
2540 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2541 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2542 break;
2544 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2545 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2546 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2547 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2548 zero. */
2549 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2550 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2551 else
2552 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2553 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2554 break;
2556 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2557 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2558 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2559 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2560 zero. */
2561 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2562 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2563 else
2564 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2565 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2566 break;
2568 case SHT_GROUP:
2569 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2570 break;
2572 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2573 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2574 break;
2577 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2578 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2579 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2580 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2581 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2582 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2583 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2585 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2586 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2587 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2588 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2590 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2591 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2592 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2594 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2595 if (asect->size == 0
2596 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2598 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2600 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2601 if (o != NULL)
2603 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2604 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2605 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2610 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2611 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2612 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2613 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2614 *failedptr = TRUE;
2616 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2618 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2619 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2620 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2623 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2624 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2625 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2626 create the other. */
2627 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2628 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2629 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2630 asect,
2631 asect->use_rela_p))
2632 *failedptr = TRUE;
2635 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2637 void
2638 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2640 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2641 unsigned long symindx;
2642 asection *elt, *first;
2643 unsigned char *loc;
2644 bfd_boolean gas;
2646 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2647 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2648 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2649 || *failedptr)
2650 return;
2652 symindx = 0;
2653 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2654 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2656 if (symindx == 0)
2658 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2659 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2660 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2661 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2662 else
2663 symindx = sec->target_index;
2665 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2667 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2668 gas = TRUE;
2669 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2671 gas = FALSE;
2672 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2674 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2675 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2676 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2678 *failedptr = TRUE;
2679 return;
2683 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2685 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2686 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2687 start of the input section group. */
2688 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2690 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2691 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2692 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2693 directives, not that it matters. */
2694 while (elt != NULL)
2696 asection *s;
2697 unsigned int idx;
2699 loc -= 4;
2700 s = elt;
2701 if (!gas)
2702 s = s->output_section;
2703 idx = 0;
2704 if (s != NULL)
2705 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2707 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2708 if (elt == first)
2709 break;
2712 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2713 abort ();
2715 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2718 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2719 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2720 in here too, while we're at it. */
2722 static bfd_boolean
2723 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2725 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2726 asection *sec;
2727 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2728 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2729 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2731 section_number = 1;
2733 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2735 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2736 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2738 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2739 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2741 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2743 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2745 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2747 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2748 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2749 abfd->section_count--;
2751 else
2753 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2754 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2755 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2761 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2763 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2765 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2767 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2768 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2769 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2771 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2772 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2773 d->rel_idx = 0;
2774 else
2776 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2777 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2778 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2779 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2782 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2784 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2785 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2786 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2787 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2789 else
2790 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2793 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2794 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2795 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2796 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2797 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2799 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2801 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2802 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2803 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2804 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2805 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
2807 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2808 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2809 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2810 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2811 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2812 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2813 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2814 return FALSE;
2816 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
2817 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2818 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2819 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2822 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2823 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2825 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2826 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2827 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
2828 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
2830 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2831 indices. */
2832 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2833 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2834 return FALSE;
2836 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2837 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2839 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2840 return FALSE;
2843 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2845 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2846 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2848 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2849 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
2851 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2852 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2854 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2855 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2858 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2860 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2861 asection *s;
2862 const char *name;
2864 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2865 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2866 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2867 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2868 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2870 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2872 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2873 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2874 the relocation entries apply. */
2875 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2877 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2878 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2880 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2882 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2883 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2886 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2887 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2889 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2890 if (s)
2892 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2893 if (link_info != NULL)
2895 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2896 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2898 asection *kept;
2899 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2900 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2901 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2902 s, s->owner);
2903 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2904 size as the discarded one. */
2905 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2906 if (kept == NULL)
2908 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2909 return FALSE;
2911 s = kept;
2914 s = s->output_section;
2915 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2917 else
2919 /* Handle objcopy. */
2920 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2922 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2923 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2924 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2925 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2926 return FALSE;
2928 s = s->output_section;
2930 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2932 else
2934 /* PR 290:
2935 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2936 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2937 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2938 where s is NULL. */
2939 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2940 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2941 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2942 bed->link_order_error_handler
2943 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2944 abfd, sec);
2948 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2950 case SHT_REL:
2951 case SHT_RELA:
2952 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2953 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2954 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2955 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2956 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2957 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2958 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2959 if (s != NULL)
2960 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2962 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2963 name = sec->name;
2964 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2965 name += 4;
2966 else
2967 name += 5;
2968 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2969 if (s != NULL)
2970 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2971 break;
2973 case SHT_STRTAB:
2974 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2975 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2976 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2977 field to point to this section. */
2978 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
2979 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
2981 size_t len;
2982 char *alc;
2984 len = strlen (sec->name);
2985 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
2986 if (alc == NULL)
2987 return FALSE;
2988 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
2989 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
2990 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
2991 free (alc);
2992 if (s != NULL)
2994 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
2996 /* This is a .stab section. */
2997 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
2998 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
2999 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3002 break;
3004 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3005 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3006 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3007 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3008 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3009 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3010 version strings. */
3011 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3012 if (s != NULL)
3013 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3014 break;
3016 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3017 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3018 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3019 the version strings. */
3020 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3021 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3022 if (s != NULL)
3023 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3024 break;
3026 case SHT_HASH:
3027 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3028 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3029 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3030 this hash table or version table is for. */
3031 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3032 if (s != NULL)
3033 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3034 break;
3036 case SHT_GROUP:
3037 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3041 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3042 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3043 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3044 else
3045 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3046 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3047 return TRUE;
3050 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3051 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3053 static bfd_boolean
3054 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3056 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3057 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3058 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3059 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3061 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3062 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3063 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3066 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3067 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3068 special sections. */
3070 static bfd_boolean
3071 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3073 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3074 && (sym->value != 0
3075 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3076 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3077 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3080 static bfd_boolean
3081 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3083 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3084 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3085 asymbol **sect_syms;
3086 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3087 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3088 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3089 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3090 int max_index = 0;
3091 unsigned int idx;
3092 asection *asect;
3093 asymbol **new_syms;
3095 #ifdef DEBUG
3096 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3097 fflush (stderr);
3098 #endif
3100 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3102 if (max_index < asect->index)
3103 max_index = asect->index;
3106 max_index++;
3107 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3108 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3109 return FALSE;
3110 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3111 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3113 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3114 decided to output. */
3115 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3117 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3119 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3120 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3122 asection *sec = sym->section;
3124 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3125 sec = sec->output_section;
3127 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3131 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3132 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3134 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3135 continue;
3136 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3137 num_locals++;
3138 else
3139 num_globals++;
3142 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3143 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3144 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3145 at least in that case. */
3146 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3148 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3150 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3151 num_locals++;
3152 else
3153 num_globals++;
3157 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3158 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3160 if (new_syms == NULL)
3161 return FALSE;
3163 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3165 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3166 unsigned int i;
3168 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3169 continue;
3170 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3171 i = num_locals2++;
3172 else
3173 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3174 new_syms[i] = sym;
3175 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3177 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3179 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3181 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3182 unsigned int i;
3184 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3185 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3186 i = num_locals2++;
3187 else
3188 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3189 new_syms[i] = sym;
3190 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3194 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3196 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3197 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3198 return TRUE;
3201 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3202 ELF data structure. */
3204 static inline file_ptr
3205 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3207 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3210 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3211 required section alignment. */
3213 file_ptr
3214 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3215 file_ptr offset,
3216 bfd_boolean align)
3218 if (align)
3220 unsigned int al;
3222 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3223 if (al > 1)
3224 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3226 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3227 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3228 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3229 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3230 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3231 return offset;
3234 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3235 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3236 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3238 bfd_boolean
3239 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3240 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3242 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3243 bfd_boolean failed;
3244 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3245 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3247 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3248 return TRUE;
3250 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3251 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3252 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3254 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3255 return FALSE;
3257 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3258 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3259 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3261 failed = FALSE;
3262 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3263 if (failed)
3264 return FALSE;
3266 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3267 return FALSE;
3269 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3270 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3272 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3273 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3275 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3276 return FALSE;
3279 if (link_info == NULL)
3281 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3282 if (failed)
3283 return FALSE;
3286 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3287 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3288 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3289 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3290 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3291 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3292 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3293 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3294 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3295 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3296 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3298 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3299 return FALSE;
3301 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3303 file_ptr off;
3304 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3306 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3308 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3309 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3311 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3312 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3313 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3315 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3316 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3318 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3320 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3321 out. */
3322 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3323 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3324 return FALSE;
3325 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3328 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3330 return TRUE;
3333 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3334 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3336 static bfd_size_type
3337 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3339 size_t segs;
3340 asection *s;
3341 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3343 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3344 and one for data. */
3345 segs = 2;
3347 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3348 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3350 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3351 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3352 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3353 targets. */
3354 segs += 2;
3357 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3359 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3360 ++segs;
3362 if (info->relro)
3364 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3365 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3366 ++segs;
3370 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3372 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3373 ++segs;
3376 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3378 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3379 ++segs;
3382 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3384 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3385 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3387 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3388 ++segs;
3389 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3390 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3391 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3392 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3393 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3394 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3395 aligned. */
3396 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3397 while (s->next != NULL
3398 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3399 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3400 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3401 s = s->next;
3405 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3407 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3409 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3410 ++segs;
3411 break;
3415 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3416 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3417 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3419 int a;
3421 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3422 if (a == -1)
3423 abort ();
3424 segs += a;
3427 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3430 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3432 static struct elf_segment_map *
3433 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3434 asection **sections,
3435 unsigned int from,
3436 unsigned int to,
3437 bfd_boolean phdr)
3439 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3440 unsigned int i;
3441 asection **hdrpp;
3442 bfd_size_type amt;
3444 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3445 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3446 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3447 if (m == NULL)
3448 return NULL;
3449 m->next = NULL;
3450 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3451 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3452 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3453 m->count = to - from;
3455 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3457 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3458 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3459 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3462 return m;
3465 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3466 on failure. */
3468 struct elf_segment_map *
3469 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3471 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3473 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3474 if (m == NULL)
3475 return NULL;
3476 m->next = NULL;
3477 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3478 m->count = 1;
3479 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3481 return m;
3484 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3486 static bfd_boolean
3487 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3488 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3489 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3491 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3492 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3494 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3495 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3496 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3497 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3498 removed. */
3499 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3500 while (*m)
3502 unsigned int i, new_count;
3504 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3506 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3507 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3508 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3510 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3511 new_count++;
3514 (*m)->count = new_count;
3516 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3517 *m = (*m)->next;
3518 else
3519 m = &(*m)->next;
3522 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3523 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3525 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3526 return FALSE;
3529 return TRUE;
3532 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3534 bfd_boolean
3535 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3537 unsigned int count;
3538 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3539 asection **sections = NULL;
3540 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3541 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3543 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3544 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3546 asection *s;
3547 unsigned int i;
3548 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3549 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3550 asection *last_hdr;
3551 bfd_vma last_size;
3552 unsigned int phdr_index;
3553 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3554 asection **hdrpp;
3555 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3556 bfd_boolean writable;
3557 int tls_count = 0;
3558 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3559 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3560 bfd_size_type amt;
3562 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3564 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3565 if (sections == NULL)
3566 goto error_return;
3568 i = 0;
3569 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3571 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3573 sections[i] = s;
3574 ++i;
3577 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3578 count = i;
3580 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3582 /* Build the mapping. */
3584 mfirst = NULL;
3585 pm = &mfirst;
3587 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3588 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3589 section. */
3590 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3591 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3593 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3594 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3595 if (m == NULL)
3596 goto error_return;
3597 m->next = NULL;
3598 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3599 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3600 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3601 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3602 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3604 *pm = m;
3605 pm = &m->next;
3607 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3608 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3609 if (m == NULL)
3610 goto error_return;
3611 m->next = NULL;
3612 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3613 m->count = 1;
3614 m->sections[0] = s;
3616 *pm = m;
3617 pm = &m->next;
3620 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3621 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3622 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3623 last_hdr = NULL;
3624 last_size = 0;
3625 phdr_index = 0;
3626 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3627 writable = FALSE;
3628 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3629 if (dynsec != NULL
3630 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3631 dynsec = NULL;
3633 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3634 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3635 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3636 program headers we will need. */
3637 if (count > 0)
3639 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3641 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3642 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3643 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3644 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3645 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3646 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3649 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3651 asection *hdr;
3652 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3654 hdr = *hdrpp;
3656 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3657 segment. */
3659 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3661 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3662 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3663 new_segment = FALSE;
3665 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3667 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3668 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3669 segment. */
3670 new_segment = TRUE;
3672 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3673 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3675 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3676 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3677 new_segment = TRUE;
3679 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3680 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3682 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3683 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3684 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3685 new_segment = TRUE;
3687 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3689 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3690 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3691 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3692 new_segment = FALSE;
3694 else if (! writable
3695 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3696 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3697 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3698 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3700 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3701 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3702 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3703 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3704 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3705 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3706 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3707 new_segment = TRUE;
3709 else
3711 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3712 new_segment = FALSE;
3715 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3716 if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment)
3717 new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment);
3719 if (! new_segment)
3721 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3722 writable = TRUE;
3723 last_hdr = hdr;
3724 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3725 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3726 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3727 last_size = hdr->size;
3728 else
3729 last_size = 0;
3730 continue;
3733 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3734 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3736 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3737 if (m == NULL)
3738 goto error_return;
3740 *pm = m;
3741 pm = &m->next;
3743 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3744 writable = TRUE;
3745 else
3746 writable = FALSE;
3748 last_hdr = hdr;
3749 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3750 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3751 last_size = hdr->size;
3752 else
3753 last_size = 0;
3754 phdr_index = i;
3755 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3758 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3759 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3761 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3762 if (m == NULL)
3763 goto error_return;
3765 *pm = m;
3766 pm = &m->next;
3769 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3770 if (dynsec != NULL)
3772 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3773 if (m == NULL)
3774 goto error_return;
3775 *pm = m;
3776 pm = &m->next;
3779 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3780 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3781 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3782 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3783 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3784 bogus anyhow. */
3785 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3787 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3788 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3790 asection *s2;
3791 unsigned count = 1;
3792 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3793 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3794 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3796 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3797 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3798 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3799 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3800 == s2->next->vma)
3801 count++;
3802 else
3803 break;
3805 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3806 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3807 if (m == NULL)
3808 goto error_return;
3809 m->next = NULL;
3810 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3811 m->count = count;
3812 while (count > 1)
3814 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3815 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3816 s = s->next;
3818 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3819 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3820 *pm = m;
3821 pm = &m->next;
3823 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3825 if (! tls_count)
3826 first_tls = s;
3827 tls_count++;
3831 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3832 if (tls_count > 0)
3834 int i;
3836 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3837 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3838 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3839 if (m == NULL)
3840 goto error_return;
3841 m->next = NULL;
3842 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3843 m->count = tls_count;
3844 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3845 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3846 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3847 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3849 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3850 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3851 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3854 *pm = m;
3855 pm = &m->next;
3858 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3859 segment. */
3860 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3861 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3862 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3864 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3865 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3866 if (m == NULL)
3867 goto error_return;
3868 m->next = NULL;
3869 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3870 m->count = 1;
3871 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3873 *pm = m;
3874 pm = &m->next;
3877 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3879 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3880 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3881 if (m == NULL)
3882 goto error_return;
3883 m->next = NULL;
3884 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3885 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3886 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3888 *pm = m;
3889 pm = &m->next;
3892 if (dynsec != NULL && info->relro)
3894 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3895 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3896 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3897 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3898 if (m == NULL)
3899 goto error_return;
3900 m->next = NULL;
3901 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3902 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3903 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3905 *pm = m;
3906 pm = &m->next;
3909 free (sections);
3910 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3913 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
3914 return FALSE;
3916 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3917 ++count;
3918 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3920 return TRUE;
3922 error_return:
3923 if (sections != NULL)
3924 free (sections);
3925 return FALSE;
3928 /* Sort sections by address. */
3930 static int
3931 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3933 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3934 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3935 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3937 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3938 place the section into a segment. */
3939 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3940 return -1;
3941 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3942 return 1;
3944 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3945 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3946 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3947 return -1;
3948 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3949 return 1;
3951 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3953 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3955 if (TOEND (sec1))
3957 if (TOEND (sec2))
3959 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3960 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
3961 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
3962 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3964 else
3965 return 1;
3967 else if (TOEND (sec2))
3968 return -1;
3970 #undef TOEND
3972 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
3973 before others at the same address. */
3975 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
3976 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
3978 if (size1 < size2)
3979 return -1;
3980 if (size1 > size2)
3981 return 1;
3983 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
3986 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
3988 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
3989 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
3990 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
3991 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
3992 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
3993 which is wrong.
3995 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
3996 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
3997 the page size.'' */
3998 /* In other words, something like:
4000 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4001 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4002 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4003 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4004 else
4005 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4007 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4009 static file_ptr
4010 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4012 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4015 static void
4016 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4018 unsigned int j;
4019 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4020 char buf[32];
4022 if (pt == NULL)
4024 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4025 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4026 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4027 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4028 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4029 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4030 else
4031 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4032 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4033 pt = buf;
4035 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4036 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4037 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4038 putc ('\n',stderr);
4041 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4042 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4043 the file header. */
4045 static bfd_boolean
4046 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4047 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4049 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4050 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4051 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4052 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4053 file_ptr off;
4054 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4055 unsigned int alloc;
4056 unsigned int i, j;
4058 if (link_info == NULL
4059 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info, FALSE))
4060 return FALSE;
4062 alloc = 0;
4063 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4064 ++alloc;
4066 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4067 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4068 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4070 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4071 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4072 else
4073 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4074 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4076 if (alloc == 0)
4078 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4079 return TRUE;
4082 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4083 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4084 if (phdrs == NULL)
4085 return FALSE;
4087 maxpagesize = 1;
4088 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4089 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4091 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4092 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4094 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4095 m != NULL;
4096 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4098 asection **secpp;
4099 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4100 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4102 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4103 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4104 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4105 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4106 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4107 if (m->count > 1
4108 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4109 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4110 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4111 elf_sort_sections);
4113 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4114 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4115 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4116 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4117 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4118 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4119 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4121 if (m->count == 0)
4122 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4123 else
4124 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4126 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4127 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4128 else if (m->count == 0)
4129 p->p_paddr = 0;
4130 else
4131 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4133 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4134 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4136 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4137 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4138 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4139 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4140 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4141 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4142 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4143 segment. */
4144 if (m->p_align_valid)
4145 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4147 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4149 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4150 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4151 else if (m->count == 0)
4152 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4153 else
4154 p->p_align = 0;
4156 no_contents = FALSE;
4157 off_adjust = 0;
4158 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4159 && m->count > 0)
4161 bfd_size_type align;
4162 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4164 if (m->p_align_valid)
4165 align = p->p_align;
4166 else
4168 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4170 unsigned int secalign;
4172 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4173 if (secalign > align_power)
4174 align_power = secalign;
4176 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4177 if (align < maxpagesize)
4178 align = maxpagesize;
4181 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4182 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4183 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4184 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4185 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4186 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4188 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4189 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4190 holds for any other sections. */
4191 i = 0;
4192 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4194 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4195 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4196 has any loadable sections. */
4197 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4198 || ++i >= m->count)
4200 no_contents = TRUE;
4201 break;
4205 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4206 off += off_adjust;
4207 if (no_contents)
4209 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4210 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4211 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4212 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4213 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4214 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4215 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4216 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4218 else
4219 off_adjust = 0;
4221 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4222 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4223 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4224 && m->count > 1
4225 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4227 _bfd_error_handler
4228 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4229 abfd);
4230 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4231 return FALSE;
4234 p->p_offset = 0;
4235 p->p_filesz = 0;
4236 p->p_memsz = 0;
4238 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4240 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4241 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4242 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4243 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4244 if (m->count > 0)
4246 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4248 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4250 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4251 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4252 abfd);
4253 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4254 return FALSE;
4257 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4258 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4259 p->p_paddr -= off;
4263 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4265 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4266 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4268 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4270 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4272 if (m->count > 0)
4274 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4275 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4276 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4277 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4281 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4282 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4285 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4286 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4288 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4289 p->p_offset = off;
4290 else
4292 file_ptr adjust;
4294 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4295 if (!no_contents)
4296 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4297 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4301 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4302 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4303 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4304 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4305 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4306 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4308 asection *sec;
4309 bfd_size_type align;
4310 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4312 sec = *secpp;
4313 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4314 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4316 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4317 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4319 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
4321 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4322 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4323 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4324 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))
4326 if (adjust < 0)
4328 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4329 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4330 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4331 adjust = 0;
4333 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4335 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4337 off += adjust;
4338 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4343 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4345 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4346 everything. */
4347 if (i == 0)
4349 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4350 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4351 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4352 p->p_memsz = 0;
4353 p->p_align = 1;
4355 else
4357 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4358 sec->filepos = 0;
4359 sec->size = 0;
4360 sec->flags = 0;
4361 continue;
4364 else
4366 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4368 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4369 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4370 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4373 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4375 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4376 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4377 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4378 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4379 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4380 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4382 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4384 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4385 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4387 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4388 normal segments. */
4389 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4390 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4393 if (align > p->p_align
4394 && !m->p_align_valid
4395 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4396 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4397 p->p_align = align;
4400 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4402 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4403 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4404 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4405 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4406 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4409 off -= off_adjust;
4411 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4412 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4413 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4414 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4416 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4417 asection *sec;
4419 sec = *secpp;
4420 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4421 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4422 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4424 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4425 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4426 abfd, sec, j);
4427 print_segment_map (m);
4428 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4429 return FALSE;
4434 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4435 return TRUE;
4438 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4440 static bfd_boolean
4441 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4442 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4444 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4445 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4446 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4447 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4448 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4449 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4450 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4451 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4452 file_ptr off;
4453 unsigned int num_sec;
4454 unsigned int i;
4455 unsigned int count;
4457 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4458 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4459 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4460 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4462 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4463 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4465 hdr = *hdrpp;
4466 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4467 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4468 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4469 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4470 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4471 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4473 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4474 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4475 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4476 abfd,
4477 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4478 ? "*unknown*"
4479 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4480 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4481 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4482 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4483 bed->maxpagesize);
4484 else
4485 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4486 hdr->sh_addralign);
4487 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4488 FALSE);
4490 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4491 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4492 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4493 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4494 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4495 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4496 else
4497 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4499 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4501 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4502 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4506 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4507 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4508 count = 0;
4509 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4510 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4511 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4512 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4513 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4514 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4515 m != NULL;
4516 m = m->next, p++)
4518 ++count;
4519 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4520 continue;
4522 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4524 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4525 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4527 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4529 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4530 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4531 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4533 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4534 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4539 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4540 m != NULL;
4541 m = m->next, p++)
4543 if (m->count != 0)
4545 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4546 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4547 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4549 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4550 asection *sect;
4552 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4554 sect = m->sections[m->count - 1];
4555 hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4556 p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos;
4557 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4558 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4560 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4562 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4563 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4564 linker logic. */
4565 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4567 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4569 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4570 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4571 break;
4574 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4576 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4577 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4578 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4579 if (m->p_size_valid)
4580 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4581 else
4582 abort ();
4583 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4584 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4585 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4586 p->p_align = 1;
4588 else
4589 abort ();
4591 else
4592 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4595 else
4597 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4599 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4600 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4601 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4603 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4605 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4606 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4607 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4609 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4611 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4613 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4615 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4616 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4617 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4618 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4619 >= link_info->relro_end))
4620 break;
4623 if (lp < phdrs + count
4624 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4626 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4627 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4628 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4629 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4630 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4631 p->p_align = 1;
4632 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4634 else
4636 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4637 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4643 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4645 return TRUE;
4648 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4649 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4650 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4652 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4653 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4654 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4655 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4656 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4657 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4658 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4660 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4662 static bfd_boolean
4663 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4664 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4666 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4667 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4668 file_ptr off;
4669 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4671 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4672 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4674 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4675 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4676 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4677 unsigned int i;
4679 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4680 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4682 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4683 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4684 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4685 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4687 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4689 hdr = *hdrpp;
4690 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4691 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4692 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4693 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4694 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4696 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4698 else
4699 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4701 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4703 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4704 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4708 else
4710 unsigned int alloc;
4712 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4713 assignment of sections to segments. */
4714 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4715 return FALSE;
4717 /* And for non-load sections. */
4718 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4719 return FALSE;
4721 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4723 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4724 return FALSE;
4727 /* Write out the program headers. */
4728 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4729 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4730 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4731 return FALSE;
4733 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4736 /* Place the section headers. */
4737 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4738 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4739 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4741 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4743 return TRUE;
4746 static bfd_boolean
4747 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4749 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4750 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4751 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4752 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4753 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4755 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4756 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4758 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4759 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4760 return FALSE;
4762 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4764 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4765 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4766 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4767 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4769 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4770 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4771 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4772 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4774 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4775 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4776 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4777 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4778 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4779 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4780 else
4781 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4783 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4785 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4786 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4787 break;
4789 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4790 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4791 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4792 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4793 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4794 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4795 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4796 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4797 default:
4798 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4801 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4802 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4804 /* No program header, for now. */
4805 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4806 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4807 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4809 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4810 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4811 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4813 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4814 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4815 /* It all happens later. */
4817 else
4819 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4820 i_phdrp = 0;
4821 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4824 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4825 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4826 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4827 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4828 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4829 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4830 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4831 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4832 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4833 return FALSE;
4835 return TRUE;
4838 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4839 of the loadable file image. */
4841 void
4842 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4844 file_ptr off;
4845 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4846 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4848 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4850 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4851 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4853 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4855 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4856 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4857 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4858 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4861 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4864 bfd_boolean
4865 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4867 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4868 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4869 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4870 bfd_boolean failed;
4871 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4873 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4874 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4875 return FALSE;
4877 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4878 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4880 failed = FALSE;
4881 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4882 if (failed)
4883 return FALSE;
4885 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4887 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4888 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4889 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4891 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4892 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4893 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4895 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4897 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4898 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4899 return FALSE;
4901 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4902 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4905 /* Write out the section header names. */
4906 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4907 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4908 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4909 return FALSE;
4911 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4912 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4913 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4915 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4916 return FALSE;
4918 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4919 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4920 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4922 return TRUE;
4925 bfd_boolean
4926 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4928 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4929 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4932 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4935 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4937 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4938 int index;
4940 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4941 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4942 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4944 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4945 index = SHN_ABS;
4946 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4947 index = SHN_COMMON;
4948 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4949 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4950 else
4951 index = -1;
4953 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4954 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4956 int retval = index;
4958 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4959 return retval;
4962 if (index == -1)
4963 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4965 return index;
4968 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4969 on error. */
4972 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
4974 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
4975 int idx;
4976 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
4978 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
4979 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
4980 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
4981 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
4982 input sections rather than the output section. */
4983 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
4984 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
4985 && asym_ptr->section)
4987 asection *sec;
4988 int indx;
4990 sec = asym_ptr->section;
4991 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
4992 sec = sec->output_section;
4993 if (sec->owner == abfd
4994 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
4995 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
4996 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
4999 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5001 if (idx == 0)
5003 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5004 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5005 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5006 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5007 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5008 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5009 return -1;
5012 #if DEBUG & 4
5014 fprintf (stderr,
5015 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5016 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5017 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5018 fflush (stderr);
5020 #endif
5022 return idx;
5025 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5027 static bfd_boolean
5028 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5030 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5031 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5032 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5033 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5034 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5035 asection *section;
5036 unsigned int i;
5037 unsigned int num_segments;
5038 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5039 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5040 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5041 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5042 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5044 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5045 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5047 map_first = NULL;
5048 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5050 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5051 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5053 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5054 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5055 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5056 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5058 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5059 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5060 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5061 ? section->size : 0)
5063 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5064 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5065 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5066 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5067 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5068 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5070 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5071 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5072 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5073 (section->lma >= base \
5074 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5075 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5077 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5078 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5079 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5080 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5081 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5082 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5083 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5084 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5086 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5087 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5088 p_memsz set to 0. */
5089 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5090 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5091 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5092 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5093 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5094 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5095 && s->size > 0 \
5096 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5097 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5098 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5100 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5101 A section will be included if:
5102 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5103 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5104 2. It is an allocated segment,
5105 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5106 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5107 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5108 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5109 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5110 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5111 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5112 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5113 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5114 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5115 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5116 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5117 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5118 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5119 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5120 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5121 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5122 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5123 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5124 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5125 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5126 || (segment->p_paddr \
5127 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5128 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5129 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5130 == 0)) \
5131 && ! section->segment_mark)
5133 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5134 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5135 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5136 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5137 && section->output_section != NULL)
5139 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5140 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5141 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5143 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5144 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5145 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5146 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5147 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5148 LMA. */
5149 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5150 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5151 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5152 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5153 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5155 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5156 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5157 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5159 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5160 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5161 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5162 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5163 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5164 i < num_segments;
5165 i++, segment++)
5167 unsigned int j;
5168 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5170 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5171 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5172 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5174 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5175 assignment code will work. */
5176 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5177 break;
5180 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5182 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5183 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5184 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5185 continue;
5188 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5189 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5191 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5193 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5194 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5195 continue;
5197 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5198 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5200 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5201 SEGMENT. */
5202 extra_length =
5203 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5204 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5206 if (extra_length > 0)
5208 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5209 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5212 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5214 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5215 i = 0;
5216 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5217 break;
5219 else
5221 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5222 SEGMENT2. */
5223 extra_length =
5224 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5225 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5227 if (extra_length > 0)
5229 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5230 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5233 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5238 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5239 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5240 i < num_segments;
5241 i ++, segment ++)
5243 unsigned int section_count;
5244 asection ** sections;
5245 asection * output_section;
5246 unsigned int isec;
5247 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5248 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5249 unsigned int j;
5250 bfd_size_type amt;
5251 asection * first_section;
5253 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5254 continue;
5256 first_section = NULL;
5257 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5258 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5259 section != NULL;
5260 section = section->next)
5262 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5263 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5264 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5266 if (first_section == NULL)
5267 first_section = section;
5268 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5269 ++section_count;
5273 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5274 all of the sections we have selected. */
5275 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5276 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5277 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5278 if (map == NULL)
5279 return FALSE;
5281 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5282 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5283 map->next = NULL;
5284 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5285 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5286 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5288 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5289 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5290 output segment. */
5291 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5293 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5294 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5297 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5298 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5299 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5300 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5302 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5304 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5306 map->includes_phdrs =
5307 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5308 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5309 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5310 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5312 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5313 phdr_included = TRUE;
5316 if (section_count == 0)
5318 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5319 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5320 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5321 a warning is produced. */
5322 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5323 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5324 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5325 ibfd);
5327 map->count = 0;
5328 *pointer_to_map = map;
5329 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5331 continue;
5334 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5335 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5336 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5337 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5339 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5340 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5341 input BFD.
5343 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5344 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5345 of the first section.
5347 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5348 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5349 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5350 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5351 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5353 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5354 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5355 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5356 or segments to contain the other sections.
5358 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5359 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5360 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5362 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5363 to work around this long long bug. */
5364 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5365 if (sections == NULL)
5366 return FALSE;
5368 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5369 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5370 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5371 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5372 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5373 more to do. */
5374 isec = 0;
5375 matching_lma = 0;
5376 suggested_lma = 0;
5378 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5379 section != NULL;
5380 section = section->next)
5382 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5384 output_section = section->output_section;
5386 sections[j ++] = section;
5388 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5389 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5390 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5391 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5392 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5393 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5394 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5395 && isec == 0
5396 && output_section->lma != 0
5397 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5398 + (map->includes_filehdr
5399 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5400 : 0)
5401 + (map->includes_phdrs
5402 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5403 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5404 : 0))))
5405 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5407 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5408 LMA address of the output section. */
5409 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5410 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5411 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5412 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5414 if (matching_lma == 0 || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5415 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5417 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5418 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5419 segment. */
5420 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5422 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5423 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5427 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5429 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5430 if necessary. */
5431 if (isec == section_count)
5433 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5434 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5435 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5436 program header in the input BFD. */
5437 map->count = section_count;
5438 *pointer_to_map = map;
5439 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5441 if (matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5442 && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs)
5443 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5444 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5445 segment's vma. */
5446 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5448 free (sections);
5449 continue;
5451 else
5453 if (matching_lma != 0)
5455 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5456 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5457 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5458 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5460 else
5462 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5463 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5464 the LMA of the first section. */
5465 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5468 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5469 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5470 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5471 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5473 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5475 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5477 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5478 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5479 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5480 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5481 offset when we know the correct value. */
5482 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5483 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5487 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5488 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5489 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5490 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5491 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5492 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5493 the loop. */
5494 isec = 0;
5497 map->count = 0;
5498 suggested_lma = 0;
5500 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5501 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5503 section = sections[j];
5505 if (section == NULL)
5506 continue;
5508 output_section = section->output_section;
5510 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5512 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5513 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5515 if (map->count == 0)
5517 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5518 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5519 wrong. */
5520 if (output_section->lma !=
5521 (map->p_paddr
5522 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5523 + (map->includes_phdrs
5524 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5525 : 0)))
5526 abort ();
5528 else
5530 asection * prev_sec;
5532 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5534 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5535 and the start of this section is more than
5536 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5537 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5538 maxpagesize)
5539 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5540 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5541 > output_section->lma))
5543 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5544 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5546 continue;
5550 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5551 ++isec;
5552 sections[j] = NULL;
5553 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5555 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5556 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5559 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5561 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5562 *pointer_to_map = map;
5563 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5565 if (isec < section_count)
5567 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5568 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5569 and carry on looping. */
5570 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5571 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5572 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5573 if (map == NULL)
5575 free (sections);
5576 return FALSE;
5579 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5580 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5581 not yet been assigned. */
5582 map->next = NULL;
5583 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5584 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5585 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5586 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5587 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5588 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5589 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5592 while (isec < section_count);
5594 free (sections);
5597 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5598 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5599 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5600 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5601 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5602 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5603 break;
5604 if (map == NULL)
5605 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5606 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5608 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5610 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5611 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5612 the offset if necessary. */
5613 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5615 unsigned int count;
5617 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5618 count++;
5620 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5621 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5622 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5625 #undef SEGMENT_END
5626 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5627 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5628 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5629 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5630 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5631 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5632 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5633 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5634 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5635 return TRUE;
5638 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5640 static bfd_boolean
5641 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5643 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5644 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5645 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5646 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5647 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5648 unsigned int i;
5649 unsigned int num_segments;
5650 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5652 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5654 map_first = NULL;
5655 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5657 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5658 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5659 i < num_segments;
5660 i++, segment++)
5662 asection *section;
5663 unsigned int section_count;
5664 bfd_size_type amt;
5665 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5666 asection *first_section = NULL;
5667 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5669 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5670 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5671 section != NULL;
5672 section = section->next)
5674 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5675 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5677 if (!first_section)
5678 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5679 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5680 lowest_section = section;
5681 section_count++;
5685 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5686 all of the sections we have selected. */
5687 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5688 if (section_count != 0)
5689 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5690 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5691 if (map == NULL)
5692 return FALSE;
5694 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5695 input segment. */
5696 map->next = NULL;
5697 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5698 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5699 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5700 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5701 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5702 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5703 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5704 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5706 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
5707 && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz)
5709 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5710 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5711 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5712 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5713 map->p_size = segment->p_filesz;
5714 map->p_size_valid = 1;
5717 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5718 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5719 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5720 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5722 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5723 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5725 map->includes_phdrs =
5726 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5727 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5728 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5729 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5731 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5732 phdr_included = TRUE;
5735 if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr)
5736 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5737 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5738 - segment->p_paddr);
5740 if (section_count != 0)
5742 unsigned int isec = 0;
5744 for (section = first_section;
5745 section != NULL;
5746 section = section->next)
5748 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5749 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5751 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5752 if (isec == section_count)
5753 break;
5758 map->count = section_count;
5759 *pointer_to_map = map;
5760 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5763 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5764 return TRUE;
5767 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5768 information. */
5770 static bfd_boolean
5771 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5773 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5774 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5775 return TRUE;
5777 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5778 return TRUE;
5780 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5782 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5783 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5784 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5785 asection *section, *osec;
5786 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5787 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5789 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5790 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5791 section = section->next)
5792 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5794 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5795 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5796 i < num_segments;
5797 i++, segment++)
5799 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5800 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5801 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5802 map in this case. */
5803 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5804 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5805 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5806 goto rewrite;
5808 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5809 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5811 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5812 from the input BFD. */
5813 osec = section->output_section;
5814 if (osec)
5815 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5817 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5818 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5819 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5821 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5822 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5823 if (osec == NULL
5824 || section->flags != osec->flags
5825 || section->lma != osec->lma
5826 || section->vma != osec->vma
5827 || section->size != osec->size
5828 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5829 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5830 goto rewrite;
5835 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5836 input BFD. */
5837 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5838 section = section->next)
5840 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5841 goto rewrite;
5842 else
5843 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5846 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5849 rewrite:
5850 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5853 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5855 bfd_boolean
5856 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5857 asection *isec,
5858 bfd *obfd,
5859 asection *osec,
5860 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5863 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5864 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5866 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5867 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5868 return TRUE;
5870 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5871 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5872 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5873 section flags. */
5874 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
5875 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
5876 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5878 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5879 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
5880 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
5882 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5883 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5884 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5885 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5886 if (need_group)
5888 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5889 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5891 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5892 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5893 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5894 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5898 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5900 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5901 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5902 may be NULL at this point. */
5903 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5905 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5906 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5907 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5910 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5912 return TRUE;
5915 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5916 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5918 bfd_boolean
5919 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5920 asection *isec,
5921 bfd *obfd,
5922 asection *osec)
5924 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5926 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5927 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5928 return TRUE;
5930 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5931 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5933 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5935 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
5936 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
5937 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
5938 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
5939 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
5941 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
5942 NULL);
5945 /* Copy private header information. */
5947 bfd_boolean
5948 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5950 asection *isec;
5952 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5953 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5954 return TRUE;
5956 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
5957 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
5958 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
5959 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
5960 already been worked out. */
5961 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
5963 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
5964 return FALSE;
5967 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
5968 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
5969 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
5970 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
5971 && isec->output_section == NULL)
5973 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5974 asection *s = first;
5975 while (s != NULL)
5977 if (s->output_section != NULL)
5979 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
5980 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
5982 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
5983 if (s == first)
5984 break;
5988 return TRUE;
5991 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
5992 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
5993 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
5994 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
5995 swap_out_syms function. */
5997 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
5998 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
5999 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6000 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6001 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6003 bfd_boolean
6004 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6005 asymbol *isymarg,
6006 bfd *obfd,
6007 asymbol *osymarg)
6009 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6011 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6012 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6013 return TRUE;
6015 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6016 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6018 if (isym != NULL
6019 && osym != NULL
6020 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6022 unsigned int shndx;
6024 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6025 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6026 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6027 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6028 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6029 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6030 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6031 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6032 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6033 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6034 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6035 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6038 return TRUE;
6041 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6043 static bfd_boolean
6044 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6045 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6046 int relocatable_p)
6048 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6049 int symcount;
6050 asymbol **syms;
6051 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6052 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6053 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6054 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6055 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6056 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6057 int idx;
6058 bfd_size_type amt;
6059 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6061 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6062 return FALSE;
6064 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6065 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6066 if (stt == NULL)
6067 return FALSE;
6069 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6070 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6071 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6072 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6073 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6074 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6075 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6076 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6078 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6079 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6081 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6082 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6084 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6085 return FALSE;
6087 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6089 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6090 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6091 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6093 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6094 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6095 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6096 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6098 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6099 return FALSE;
6102 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6103 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6104 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6105 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6106 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6109 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6111 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6112 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6113 sym.st_name = 0;
6114 sym.st_value = 0;
6115 sym.st_size = 0;
6116 sym.st_info = 0;
6117 sym.st_other = 0;
6118 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6119 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6120 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6121 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6122 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6125 name_local_sections
6126 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6127 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6129 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6130 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6132 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6133 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6134 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6135 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6136 int type;
6138 if (!name_local_sections
6139 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6141 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6142 sym.st_name = 0;
6144 else
6146 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6147 syms[idx]->name,
6148 TRUE, FALSE);
6149 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6151 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6152 return FALSE;
6156 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6158 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6159 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6161 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6162 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6163 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6164 sym.st_size = value;
6165 if (type_ptr == NULL
6166 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6167 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6168 else
6169 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6170 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6171 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6173 else
6175 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6176 int shndx;
6178 if (sec->output_section)
6180 value += sec->output_offset;
6181 sec = sec->output_section;
6184 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6185 if (! relocatable_p)
6186 value += sec->vma;
6187 sym.st_value = value;
6188 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6190 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6191 && type_ptr != NULL
6192 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6194 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6195 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6196 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6197 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6198 switch (shndx)
6200 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6201 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6202 break;
6203 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6204 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6205 break;
6206 case MAP_STRTAB:
6207 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6208 break;
6209 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6210 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6211 break;
6212 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6213 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6214 break;
6215 default:
6216 break;
6219 else
6221 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6223 if (shndx == -1)
6225 asection *sec2;
6227 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6228 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6229 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6230 demand of applications. For example, it
6231 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6232 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6233 actually in the output file. */
6234 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6235 if (sec2 == NULL)
6237 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6238 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6239 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6240 sec->name);
6241 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6242 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6243 return FALSE;
6246 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6247 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6251 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6254 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6255 type = STT_TLS;
6256 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6257 type = STT_FUNC;
6258 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6259 type = STT_OBJECT;
6260 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6261 type = STT_RELC;
6262 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6263 type = STT_SRELC;
6264 else
6265 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6267 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6268 type = STT_TLS;
6270 /* Processor-specific types. */
6271 if (type_ptr != NULL
6272 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6273 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6274 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6276 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6278 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6279 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6280 else
6281 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6283 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6284 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6285 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6286 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6287 ? STB_WEAK
6288 : STB_GLOBAL),
6289 type);
6290 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6291 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6292 else
6294 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6296 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6297 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6298 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6299 bind = STB_WEAK;
6300 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6301 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6303 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6306 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6307 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6308 else
6309 sym.st_other = 0;
6311 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6312 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6313 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6314 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6317 *sttp = stt;
6318 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6319 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6321 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6322 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6323 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6324 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6325 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6326 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6328 return TRUE;
6331 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6333 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6334 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6335 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6337 long
6338 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6340 long symcount;
6341 long symtab_size;
6342 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6344 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6345 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6346 if (symcount > 0)
6347 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6349 return symtab_size;
6352 long
6353 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6355 long symcount;
6356 long symtab_size;
6357 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6359 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6361 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6362 return -1;
6365 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6366 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6367 if (symcount > 0)
6368 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6370 return symtab_size;
6373 long
6374 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6375 sec_ptr asect)
6377 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6380 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6382 long
6383 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6384 sec_ptr section,
6385 arelent **relptr,
6386 asymbol **symbols)
6388 arelent *tblptr;
6389 unsigned int i;
6390 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6392 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6393 return -1;
6395 tblptr = section->relocation;
6396 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6397 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6399 *relptr = NULL;
6401 return section->reloc_count;
6404 long
6405 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6407 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6408 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6410 if (symcount >= 0)
6411 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6412 return symcount;
6415 long
6416 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6417 asymbol **allocation)
6419 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6420 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6422 if (symcount >= 0)
6423 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6424 return symcount;
6427 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6428 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6429 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6430 dynamic reloc section. */
6432 long
6433 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6435 long ret;
6436 asection *s;
6438 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6440 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6441 return -1;
6444 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6445 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6446 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6447 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6448 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6449 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6450 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6451 * sizeof (arelent *));
6453 return ret;
6456 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6457 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6458 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6459 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6460 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6461 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6462 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6464 long
6465 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6466 arelent **storage,
6467 asymbol **syms)
6469 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6470 asection *s;
6471 long ret;
6473 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6475 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6476 return -1;
6479 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6480 ret = 0;
6481 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6483 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6484 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6485 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6486 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6488 arelent *p;
6489 long count, i;
6491 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6492 return -1;
6493 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6494 p = s->relocation;
6495 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6496 *storage++ = p++;
6497 ret += count;
6501 *storage = NULL;
6503 return ret;
6506 /* Read in the version information. */
6508 bfd_boolean
6509 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6511 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6512 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6514 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6516 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6517 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6518 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6519 unsigned int i;
6520 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6522 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6524 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6525 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6526 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6527 goto error_return;
6529 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6531 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6532 if (contents == NULL)
6534 error_return_verref:
6535 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6536 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6537 goto error_return;
6539 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6540 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6541 goto error_return_verref;
6543 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6544 goto error_return_verref;
6546 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6547 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6548 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6549 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6550 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6551 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6553 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6554 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6555 unsigned int j;
6557 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6559 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6561 iverneed->vn_filename =
6562 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6563 iverneed->vn_file);
6564 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6565 goto error_return_verref;
6567 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6568 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6569 else
6571 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6572 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6573 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6574 goto error_return_verref;
6577 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6578 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6579 goto error_return_verref;
6581 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6582 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6583 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6584 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6586 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6588 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6589 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6590 ivernaux->vna_name);
6591 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6592 goto error_return_verref;
6594 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6595 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6596 else
6597 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6599 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6600 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6601 goto error_return_verref;
6603 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6604 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6606 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6607 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6610 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6611 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6612 else
6613 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6615 if (iverneed->vn_next
6616 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6617 goto error_return_verref;
6619 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6620 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6623 free (contents);
6624 contents = NULL;
6627 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6629 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6630 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6631 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6632 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6633 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6634 unsigned int i;
6635 unsigned int maxidx;
6636 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6638 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6640 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6641 if (contents == NULL)
6642 goto error_return;
6643 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6644 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6645 goto error_return;
6647 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6648 goto error_return;
6650 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6651 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6652 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6653 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6654 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6655 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6657 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6658 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6659 the maximum. */
6660 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6661 maxidx = 0;
6662 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6664 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6666 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6667 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6669 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6670 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6671 goto error_return;
6673 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6674 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6677 if (default_imported_symver)
6679 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6680 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6681 else
6682 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6684 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6685 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6686 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6687 goto error_return;
6689 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6691 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6692 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6693 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6695 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6696 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6697 unsigned int j;
6699 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6701 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6703 error_return_verdef:
6704 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6705 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6706 goto error_return;
6709 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6710 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6712 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6714 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6715 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6716 else
6718 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6719 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6720 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6721 goto error_return_verdef;
6724 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6725 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6726 goto error_return_verdef;
6728 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6729 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6730 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6731 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6733 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6735 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6736 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6737 iverdaux->vda_name);
6738 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6739 goto error_return_verdef;
6741 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6742 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6743 else
6744 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6746 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6747 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6748 goto error_return_verdef;
6750 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6751 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6754 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6755 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6757 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6758 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6759 else
6760 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6762 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6763 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6766 free (contents);
6767 contents = NULL;
6769 else if (default_imported_symver)
6771 if (freeidx < 3)
6772 freeidx = 3;
6773 else
6774 freeidx++;
6776 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6777 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6778 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6779 goto error_return;
6781 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6784 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6785 if (default_imported_symver)
6787 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6788 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6790 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6792 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6793 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6794 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6795 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6797 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6799 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6800 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6801 goto error_return_verdef;
6802 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6803 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6804 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6805 goto error_return_verdef;
6807 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6808 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6809 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6812 return TRUE;
6814 error_return:
6815 if (contents != NULL)
6816 free (contents);
6817 return FALSE;
6820 asymbol *
6821 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6823 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6824 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6826 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6827 if (!newsym)
6828 return NULL;
6829 else
6831 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6832 return &newsym->symbol;
6836 void
6837 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6838 asymbol *symbol,
6839 symbol_info *ret)
6841 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6844 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6845 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6846 override it. */
6848 bfd_boolean
6849 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6850 const char *name)
6852 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6853 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6854 return TRUE;
6856 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6857 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6858 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6859 return TRUE;
6861 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6862 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6863 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6864 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6865 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6866 we treat such symbols as local. */
6867 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6868 return TRUE;
6870 return FALSE;
6873 alent *
6874 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6875 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6877 abort ();
6878 return NULL;
6881 bfd_boolean
6882 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6883 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6884 unsigned long machine)
6886 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6887 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6888 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6889 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6890 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6891 return FALSE;
6893 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6896 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6897 for error reporting. */
6899 static bfd_boolean
6900 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6901 asection *section,
6902 asymbol **symbols,
6903 bfd_vma offset,
6904 const char **filename_ptr,
6905 const char **functionname_ptr)
6907 const char *filename;
6908 asymbol *func, *file;
6909 bfd_vma low_func;
6910 asymbol **p;
6911 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6912 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6913 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6914 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6915 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6916 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6917 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6918 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6919 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6921 filename = NULL;
6922 func = NULL;
6923 file = NULL;
6924 low_func = 0;
6925 state = nothing_seen;
6927 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6929 elf_symbol_type *q;
6931 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6933 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6935 default:
6936 break;
6937 case STT_FILE:
6938 file = &q->symbol;
6939 if (state == symbol_seen)
6940 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
6941 continue;
6942 case STT_NOTYPE:
6943 case STT_FUNC:
6944 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
6945 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
6946 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
6948 func = (asymbol *) q;
6949 low_func = q->symbol.value;
6950 filename = NULL;
6951 if (file != NULL
6952 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
6953 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
6954 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
6956 break;
6958 if (state == nothing_seen)
6959 state = symbol_seen;
6962 if (func == NULL)
6963 return FALSE;
6965 if (filename_ptr)
6966 *filename_ptr = filename;
6967 if (functionname_ptr)
6968 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
6970 return TRUE;
6973 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
6974 for error reporting. */
6976 bfd_boolean
6977 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
6978 asection *section,
6979 asymbol **symbols,
6980 bfd_vma offset,
6981 const char **filename_ptr,
6982 const char **functionname_ptr,
6983 unsigned int *line_ptr)
6985 bfd_boolean found;
6987 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6988 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
6989 line_ptr))
6991 if (!*functionname_ptr)
6992 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
6993 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
6994 functionname_ptr);
6996 return TRUE;
6999 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7000 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7001 line_ptr, 0,
7002 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7004 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7005 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7006 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7007 functionname_ptr);
7009 return TRUE;
7012 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7013 &found, filename_ptr,
7014 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7015 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7016 return FALSE;
7017 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7018 return TRUE;
7020 if (symbols == NULL)
7021 return FALSE;
7023 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7024 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7025 return FALSE;
7027 *line_ptr = 0;
7028 return TRUE;
7031 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7033 bfd_boolean
7034 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7035 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7037 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7038 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7039 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7042 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7043 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7044 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7045 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7046 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7048 bfd_boolean
7049 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7050 const char **filename_ptr,
7051 const char **functionname_ptr,
7052 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7054 bfd_boolean found;
7055 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7056 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7057 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7058 return found;
7062 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7064 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7065 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7067 if (!info->relocatable)
7069 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7071 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7073 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7075 phdr_size = 0;
7076 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7077 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7079 if (phdr_size == 0)
7080 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7083 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7084 ret += phdr_size;
7087 return ret;
7090 bfd_boolean
7091 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7092 sec_ptr section,
7093 const void *location,
7094 file_ptr offset,
7095 bfd_size_type count)
7097 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7098 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7100 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7101 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7102 return FALSE;
7104 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7105 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7106 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7107 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7108 return FALSE;
7110 return TRUE;
7113 void
7114 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7115 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7116 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7118 abort ();
7121 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7123 bfd_boolean
7124 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7126 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7128 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7130 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7131 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7133 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7134 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7136 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7138 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7140 case 8:
7141 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7142 break;
7143 case 12:
7144 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7145 break;
7146 case 16:
7147 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7148 break;
7149 case 24:
7150 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7151 break;
7152 case 32:
7153 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7154 break;
7155 case 64:
7156 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7157 break;
7158 default:
7159 goto fail;
7162 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7164 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7166 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7167 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7168 else
7169 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7172 else
7174 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7176 case 8:
7177 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7178 break;
7179 case 14:
7180 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7181 break;
7182 case 16:
7183 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7184 break;
7185 case 26:
7186 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7187 break;
7188 case 32:
7189 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7190 break;
7191 case 64:
7192 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7193 break;
7194 default:
7195 goto fail;
7198 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7201 if (howto)
7202 areloc->howto = howto;
7203 else
7204 goto fail;
7207 return TRUE;
7209 fail:
7210 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7211 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7212 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7213 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7214 return FALSE;
7217 bfd_boolean
7218 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7220 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7222 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7223 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7224 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7227 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7230 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7231 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7232 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7233 this reloc. */
7235 bfd_reloc_status_type
7236 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7237 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7238 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7239 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7240 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7242 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7245 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7246 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7247 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7248 out details about the corefile. */
7250 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7251 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7252 #endif
7254 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7256 static int
7257 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7259 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7260 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7263 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7264 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7265 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7266 overwrite it. */
7268 static bfd_boolean
7269 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7271 asection *sect2;
7273 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7274 return TRUE;
7276 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7277 if (sect2 == NULL)
7278 return FALSE;
7280 sect2->size = sect->size;
7281 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7282 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7283 return TRUE;
7286 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7287 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7288 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7289 such a section already exists.
7290 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7291 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7292 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7293 bfd_boolean
7294 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7295 char *name,
7296 size_t size,
7297 ufile_ptr filepos)
7299 char buf[100];
7300 char *threaded_name;
7301 size_t len;
7302 asection *sect;
7304 /* Build the section name. */
7306 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7307 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7308 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7309 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7310 return FALSE;
7311 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7313 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7314 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7315 if (sect == NULL)
7316 return FALSE;
7317 sect->size = size;
7318 sect->filepos = filepos;
7319 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7321 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7324 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7325 solaris 2.5+
7326 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7327 unixware 4.2
7330 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7332 static bfd_boolean
7333 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7335 size_t size;
7336 int offset;
7338 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7340 prstatus_t prstat;
7342 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7343 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7344 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7346 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7347 has already been set by another thread. */
7348 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7349 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7350 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7352 /* pr_who exists on:
7353 solaris 2.5+
7354 unixware 4.2
7355 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7356 linux 2.[01]
7358 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7359 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7360 #endif
7362 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7363 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7365 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7366 prstatus32_t prstat;
7368 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7369 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7370 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7372 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7373 has already been set by another thread. */
7374 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7375 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7376 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7378 /* pr_who exists on:
7379 solaris 2.5+
7380 unixware 4.2
7381 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7382 linux 2.[01]
7384 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7385 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7386 #endif
7388 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7389 else
7391 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7392 note size (ie. data object type). */
7393 return TRUE;
7396 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7397 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7398 size, note->descpos + offset);
7400 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7402 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7403 static bfd_boolean
7404 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7405 char *name,
7406 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7408 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7409 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7412 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7413 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7414 data structure apart. */
7416 static bfd_boolean
7417 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7419 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7422 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7423 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7424 literally. */
7426 static bfd_boolean
7427 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7429 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7432 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7433 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7434 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7435 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7436 #endif
7437 #endif
7439 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7440 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7441 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7442 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7443 #endif
7444 #endif
7446 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7447 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7448 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7450 char *
7451 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7453 char *dups;
7454 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7455 size_t len;
7457 if (end == NULL)
7458 len = max;
7459 else
7460 len = end - start;
7462 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7463 if (dups == NULL)
7464 return NULL;
7466 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7467 dups[len] = '\0';
7469 return dups;
7472 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7473 static bfd_boolean
7474 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7476 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7478 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7480 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7482 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7483 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7484 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7486 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7487 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7488 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7490 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7491 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7493 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7494 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7496 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7498 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7499 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7500 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7502 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7503 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7504 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7506 #endif
7508 else
7510 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7511 note size (ie. data object type). */
7512 return TRUE;
7515 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7516 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7517 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7520 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7521 int n = strlen (command);
7523 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7524 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7527 return TRUE;
7529 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7531 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7532 static bfd_boolean
7533 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7535 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7536 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7537 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7538 #endif
7541 pstatus_t pstat;
7543 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7545 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7547 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7548 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7550 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7551 pstatus32_t pstat;
7553 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7555 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7557 #endif
7558 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7559 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7560 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7562 return TRUE;
7564 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7566 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7567 static bfd_boolean
7568 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7570 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7571 char buf[100];
7572 char *name;
7573 size_t len;
7574 asection *sect;
7576 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7577 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7578 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7579 #endif
7581 return TRUE;
7583 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7585 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7586 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7588 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7590 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7591 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7592 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7593 if (name == NULL)
7594 return FALSE;
7595 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7597 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7598 if (sect == NULL)
7599 return FALSE;
7601 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7602 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7603 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7604 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7605 #endif
7607 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7608 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7609 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7610 #endif
7612 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7614 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7615 return FALSE;
7617 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7619 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7620 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7621 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7622 if (name == NULL)
7623 return FALSE;
7624 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7626 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7627 if (sect == NULL)
7628 return FALSE;
7630 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7631 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7632 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7633 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7634 #endif
7636 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7637 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7638 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7639 #endif
7641 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7643 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7645 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7647 static bfd_boolean
7648 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7650 char buf[30];
7651 char *name;
7652 size_t len;
7653 asection *sect;
7654 int type;
7655 int is_active_thread;
7656 bfd_vma base_addr;
7658 if (note->descsz < 728)
7659 return TRUE;
7661 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
7662 return TRUE;
7664 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
7666 switch (type)
7668 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7669 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7670 /* process_info.pid */
7671 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7672 /* process_info.signal */
7673 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7674 break;
7676 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7677 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7678 /* thread_info.tid */
7679 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
7681 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7682 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7683 if (name == NULL)
7684 return FALSE;
7686 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7688 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7689 if (sect == NULL)
7690 return FALSE;
7692 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7693 sect->size = 716;
7694 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7695 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
7696 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7698 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7699 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7701 if (is_active_thread)
7702 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7703 return FALSE;
7704 break;
7706 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7707 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7708 /* module_info.base_address */
7709 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
7710 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (long) base_addr);
7712 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7713 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7714 if (name == NULL)
7715 return FALSE;
7717 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7719 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7721 if (sect == NULL)
7722 return FALSE;
7724 sect->size = note->descsz;
7725 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7726 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7727 break;
7729 default:
7730 return TRUE;
7733 return TRUE;
7736 static bfd_boolean
7737 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7739 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7741 switch (note->type)
7743 default:
7744 return TRUE;
7746 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7747 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7748 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7749 return TRUE;
7750 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7751 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7752 #else
7753 return TRUE;
7754 #endif
7756 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7757 case NT_PSTATUS:
7758 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7759 #endif
7761 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7762 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7763 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7764 #endif
7766 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7767 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7769 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7770 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7772 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7773 if (note->namesz == 6
7774 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7775 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7776 else
7777 return TRUE;
7779 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7780 case NT_PSINFO:
7781 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7782 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7783 return TRUE;
7784 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7785 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7786 #else
7787 return TRUE;
7788 #endif
7790 case NT_AUXV:
7792 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7793 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7795 if (sect == NULL)
7796 return FALSE;
7797 sect->size = note->descsz;
7798 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7799 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7801 return TRUE;
7806 static bfd_boolean
7807 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7809 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
7810 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
7811 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
7812 return FALSE;
7814 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
7816 return TRUE;
7819 static bfd_boolean
7820 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7822 switch (note->type)
7824 default:
7825 return TRUE;
7827 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
7828 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
7832 static bfd_boolean
7833 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7835 char *cp;
7837 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7838 if (cp != NULL)
7840 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7841 return TRUE;
7843 return FALSE;
7846 static bfd_boolean
7847 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7849 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7850 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7851 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7853 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7854 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7855 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7857 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7858 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7859 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7861 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7862 note);
7865 static bfd_boolean
7866 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7868 int lwp;
7870 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7871 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7873 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7875 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7876 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7877 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7878 creates a core file. */
7880 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7883 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7884 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7885 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7886 understand it. */
7888 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7889 return TRUE;
7892 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7894 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7895 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7897 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7898 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7899 switch (note->type)
7901 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7902 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7904 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7905 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7907 default:
7908 return TRUE;
7911 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7912 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7914 default:
7915 switch (note->type)
7917 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7918 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7920 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7921 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7923 default:
7924 return TRUE;
7927 /* NOTREACHED */
7930 static bfd_boolean
7931 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
7933 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7934 char buf[100];
7935 char *name;
7936 asection *sect;
7937 short sig;
7938 unsigned flags;
7940 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7941 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7943 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7944 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7946 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7947 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7949 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7950 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7952 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7953 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7956 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7957 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7958 thread just in case. */
7959 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7960 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7962 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7963 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
7965 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7966 if (name == NULL)
7967 return FALSE;
7968 strcpy (name, buf);
7970 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7971 if (sect == NULL)
7972 return FALSE;
7974 sect->size = note->descsz;
7975 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7976 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7978 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
7981 static bfd_boolean
7982 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
7983 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
7984 long tid,
7985 char *base)
7987 char buf[100];
7988 char *name;
7989 asection *sect;
7991 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
7992 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
7994 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7995 if (name == NULL)
7996 return FALSE;
7997 strcpy (name, buf);
7999 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8000 if (sect == NULL)
8001 return FALSE;
8003 sect->size = note->descsz;
8004 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8005 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8007 /* This is the current thread. */
8008 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8009 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8011 return TRUE;
8014 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8015 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8016 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8017 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8019 static bfd_boolean
8020 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8022 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8023 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8024 function. */
8025 static long tid = 1;
8027 switch (note->type)
8029 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8030 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8031 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8032 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8033 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8034 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8035 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8036 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8037 default:
8038 return TRUE;
8042 static bfd_boolean
8043 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8045 char *name;
8046 asection *sect;
8047 size_t len;
8049 /* Use note name as section name. */
8050 len = note->namesz;
8051 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8052 if (name == NULL)
8053 return FALSE;
8054 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8055 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8057 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8058 if (sect == NULL)
8059 return FALSE;
8061 sect->size = note->descsz;
8062 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8063 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8065 return TRUE;
8068 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8070 Inputs:
8071 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8072 name of note
8073 type of note
8074 data for note
8075 size of data for note
8077 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8078 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8079 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8080 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8082 Return:
8083 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8085 char *
8086 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8087 char *buf,
8088 int *bufsiz,
8089 const char *name,
8090 int type,
8091 const void *input,
8092 int size)
8094 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8095 size_t namesz;
8096 size_t newspace;
8097 char *dest;
8099 namesz = 0;
8100 if (name != NULL)
8101 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8103 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8105 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8106 if (buf == NULL)
8107 return buf;
8108 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8109 *bufsiz += newspace;
8110 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8111 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8112 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8113 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8114 dest = xnp->name;
8115 if (name != NULL)
8117 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8118 dest += namesz;
8119 while (namesz & 3)
8121 *dest++ = '\0';
8122 ++namesz;
8125 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8126 dest += size;
8127 while (size & 3)
8129 *dest++ = '\0';
8130 ++size;
8132 return buf;
8135 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8136 char *
8137 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8138 char *buf,
8139 int *bufsiz,
8140 const char *fname,
8141 const char *psargs)
8143 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8144 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8146 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8148 char *ret;
8149 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8150 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8151 if (ret != NULL)
8152 return ret;
8155 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8156 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8158 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8159 psinfo32_t data;
8160 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8161 #else
8162 prpsinfo32_t data;
8163 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8164 #endif
8166 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8167 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8168 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8169 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8170 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8172 else
8173 #endif
8175 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8176 psinfo_t data;
8177 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8178 #else
8179 prpsinfo_t data;
8180 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8181 #endif
8183 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8184 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8185 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8186 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8187 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8190 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8192 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8193 char *
8194 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8195 char *buf,
8196 int *bufsiz,
8197 long pid,
8198 int cursig,
8199 const void *gregs)
8201 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8202 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8204 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8206 char *ret;
8207 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8208 NT_PRSTATUS,
8209 pid, cursig, gregs);
8210 if (ret != NULL)
8211 return ret;
8214 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8215 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8217 prstatus32_t prstat;
8219 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8220 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8221 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8222 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8223 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8224 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8226 else
8227 #endif
8229 prstatus_t prstat;
8231 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8232 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8233 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8234 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8235 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8236 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8239 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8241 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8242 char *
8243 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8244 char *buf,
8245 int *bufsiz,
8246 long pid,
8247 int cursig,
8248 const void *gregs)
8250 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8251 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8253 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8254 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8255 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8256 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8257 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8258 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8259 #if !defined(gregs)
8260 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8261 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8262 #else
8263 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8264 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8265 #endif
8266 #endif
8267 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8268 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8270 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8272 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8273 char *
8274 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8275 char *buf,
8276 int *bufsiz,
8277 long pid,
8278 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8279 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8281 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8282 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8283 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8285 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8287 pstatus32_t pstat;
8289 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8290 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8291 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8292 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8293 return buf;
8295 else
8296 #endif
8298 pstatus_t pstat;
8300 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8301 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8302 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8303 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8304 return buf;
8307 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8309 char *
8310 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8311 char *buf,
8312 int *bufsiz,
8313 const void *fpregs,
8314 int size)
8316 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8317 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8318 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8321 char *
8322 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8323 char *buf,
8324 int *bufsiz,
8325 const void *xfpregs,
8326 int size)
8328 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8329 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8330 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8333 static bfd_boolean
8334 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
8336 char *p;
8338 p = buf;
8339 while (p < buf + size)
8341 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8342 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8343 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8345 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8347 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8348 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8350 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8351 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8352 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8354 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
8356 default:
8357 return TRUE;
8359 case bfd_core:
8360 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8362 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8363 return FALSE;
8365 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8367 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8368 return FALSE;
8370 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
8372 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
8373 return FALSE;
8375 else
8377 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8378 return FALSE;
8380 break;
8382 case bfd_object:
8383 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
8385 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
8386 return FALSE;
8388 break;
8391 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8394 return TRUE;
8397 static bfd_boolean
8398 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8400 char *buf;
8402 if (size <= 0)
8403 return TRUE;
8405 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8406 return FALSE;
8408 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8409 if (buf == NULL)
8410 return FALSE;
8412 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
8413 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
8415 free (buf);
8416 return FALSE;
8419 free (buf);
8420 return TRUE;
8423 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8425 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8426 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8427 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8429 long
8430 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8432 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8434 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8435 return -1;
8438 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8441 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8442 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8443 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8444 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8446 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8447 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8450 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8452 int num_phdrs;
8454 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8456 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8457 return -1;
8460 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8461 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8462 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8464 return num_phdrs;
8467 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8468 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8470 return reloc_class_normal;
8473 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8474 relocation against a local symbol. */
8476 bfd_vma
8477 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8478 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8479 asection **psec,
8480 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8482 asection *sec = *psec;
8483 bfd_vma relocation;
8485 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8486 + sec->output_offset
8487 + sym->st_value);
8488 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8489 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8490 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8492 rel->r_addend =
8493 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8494 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8495 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8496 if (sec != *psec)
8498 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8499 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8500 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8501 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8502 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8503 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8504 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8505 sec = *psec;
8507 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8508 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8510 return relocation;
8513 bfd_vma
8514 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8515 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8516 asection **psec,
8517 bfd_vma addend)
8519 asection *sec = *psec;
8521 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8522 return sym->st_value + addend;
8524 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8525 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8526 sym->st_value + addend);
8529 bfd_vma
8530 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8531 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8532 asection *sec,
8533 bfd_vma offset)
8535 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8537 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8538 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8539 offset);
8540 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8541 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8542 default:
8543 return offset;
8547 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8548 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8549 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8550 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8551 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8552 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8554 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8555 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8556 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8557 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8558 the remote memory. */
8560 bfd *
8561 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8562 (bfd *templ,
8563 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8564 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8565 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8567 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8568 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8571 long
8572 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8573 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8574 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8575 long dynsymcount,
8576 asymbol **dynsyms,
8577 asymbol **ret)
8579 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8580 asection *relplt;
8581 asymbol *s;
8582 const char *relplt_name;
8583 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8584 arelent *p;
8585 long count, i, n;
8586 size_t size;
8587 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8588 char *names;
8589 asection *plt;
8591 *ret = NULL;
8593 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8594 return 0;
8596 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8597 return 0;
8599 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8600 return 0;
8602 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8603 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8604 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8605 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8606 if (relplt == NULL)
8607 return 0;
8609 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8610 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8611 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8612 return 0;
8614 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8615 if (plt == NULL)
8616 return 0;
8618 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8619 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8620 return -1;
8622 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8623 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8624 p = relplt->relocation;
8625 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8626 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8628 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8629 if (s == NULL)
8630 return -1;
8632 names = (char *) (s + count);
8633 p = relplt->relocation;
8634 n = 0;
8635 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8637 size_t len;
8638 bfd_vma addr;
8640 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8641 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8642 continue;
8644 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8645 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8646 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8647 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8648 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8649 s->section = plt;
8650 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8651 s->name = names;
8652 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8653 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8654 names += len;
8655 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8656 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8657 ++n;
8660 return n;
8663 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8664 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8665 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8666 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8668 void
8669 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8670 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8672 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8674 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8676 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8680 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8681 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8682 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8684 bfd_boolean
8685 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8687 return (type == STT_FUNC);